[opensuse-translation-commit] r96875 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-13 14:32:46 +0200 (Tue, 13 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96875 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/alternatives.de.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on-creator.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/alternatives.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/alternatives.de.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/alternatives.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# German message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005-2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Antje Faber , 2000-2003. +# Karl Eichwalder , 1999-2003. +# Martin Lohner , 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder \n" +"Language-Team: German \n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Dialog for displaying possible Choices for one particular Alternative. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Choice" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "Priorität" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set option" +msgid "Set choice" +msgstr "Option festlegen" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up automatic online update" +msgid "Set automatic mode" +msgstr "Automatische Online-Aktualisierung einrichten" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Name:" +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "&Name:" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "Status:" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice:" +msgstr "Aktuelle Zeit" + +#. Dialog where all alternatives groups in the system are listed. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:53 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Hilfe" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:61 +msgid "" +"<p>The alternatives system is used when some equivalent applications are installed in the system. For example if several implementations and versions of Java are installed, the alternatives system will be used to decide which one to use when the command \"java\" is called.</p><p>Every alternative have an status, it can be automatic or manual. In <b>automatic mode</b> the system uses the choice with higher priority. Note that <b>priority</b> is set by the packages creators trying to provide reasonable defaults. The <b>manual mode</b> is set when the user selects a choice manually.</p><p>To change the current choice of an alternative, select the alternative, click the <b>edit</b> button then select the desired choice in the table and click on the <b>set choice</b> button. If you want to have the alternative in automatic mode just click the <b>set automatic mode</b> button in the edit dialog.</p><p>Furthermore every choice has its own set of <b>slaves</b>, these will be applied in the system when the choice is selected.</p><p>For example, given an alternative \"editor\" that has two choices.The first choice \"/bin/ed\" with the slave:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz</pre><p>Another choice \"/usr/bin/vim\" with the following slaves:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +"</pre><p>In this case if the second choice is selected all its slaves will be modified, or created if they do not exist already. If the \"/bin/ed\" choice is set afterward, the slave \"editor.1.gz\" will be modified and the others will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>All your choices will be lost when exiting with Cancel.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgid "" +"All the changes will be lost if you leave with Cancel.\n" +"Do you really want to quit?" +msgstr "" +"<p>Alle Ihre Selektionen gehen verloren, wenn Sie den Dialog mit 'Abbrechen' verlassen.\n" +"Wollen Sie den Dialog wirklich verlassen?</p>" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice" +msgstr "Aktuelle Zeit" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "autoyast" +msgid "auto" +msgstr "AutoYaST" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[manually set]" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "[Manuell festgelegt]" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search in" +msgid "Search by name" +msgstr "Suchen in" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:176 +msgid "Show only alternatives with more than one choice" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/audit-laf.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft. Geben Sie wahlweise einen absoluten Wert oder eine Vorlage an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Legt die Standardvorlage für das Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers fest, wenn der Datenanbieter der Domäne nicht explizit eine Vorlage angegeben hat." @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn keine zulässige Shell auf dem Computer installiert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn der Anbieter bei der Suche keine Shell zurückgibt." @@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@ msgstr "Bei allen PAM-Anforderungen, die gestellt werden, während SSSD online ist, versucht der SSSD, die zwischengespeicherten Identitätsdaten des Benutzers sofort zu aktualisieren, damit die Authentifizierung jeweils mit den neuesten Daten erfolgt." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Zeigt n Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts eine Warnung an." @@ -1205,528 +1205,573 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Nur für Active Directory) Token-Gruppen-Attribut verwenden, falls verfügbar" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URIs (ldap://) der LDAP-Server (durch Komma getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "Der standardmäßige Basis-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-sudo-Regeln." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) zum Ändern des Passworts eines Benutzers eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "Basis-DN für LDAP-Suche" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP-Schematyp" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "Der standardmäßige Bindungs-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-Vorgängen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Der Typ des Authentifizierungs-Tokens des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Das Authentifizierungs-Token des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Benutzereintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Anmeldenamen eines Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur primären Gruppen-ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum GECOS-Feld des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Namen des Home-Verzeichnisses des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Pfad zur Standard-Shell des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Datum der letzten Passwortänderung) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (minimales Passwortalter) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (maximales Passwortalter) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortwarnung) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortinaktivität) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oder ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Ablaufdatum des Kontos) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Datum und die Uhrzeit der letzten Passwortänderung in Kerberos gespeichert sind." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Zeitpunkt (Datum und Uhrzeit) gespeichert ist, an dem das aktuelle Passwort abläuft." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Ablaufzeitpunkt des Kontos gespeichert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Steuerbit-Feld für das Benutzerkonto gespeichert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds (oder gleichwertig) gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter das Datum an, bis zu dem der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter den Zeitraum (Stunden an Wochentagen) an, in denen der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die öffentlichen SSH-Schlüssel des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Einige Directory-Server, z. B. Active Directory, geben den Bereichsteil der UPN in Kleinbuchstaben zurück, so dass ein Fehler bei der Authentifizierung auftritt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Stellen Sie diese Option auf 'wahr' ein, wenn der Bereich in Großbuchstaben angegeben werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, bevor SSSD den Cache der Datensätze in der Aufzählung aktualisieren soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Legt fest, wie oft der Cache auf inaktive Einträge (z. B. Gruppen ohne Mitglieder oder Benutzer, die sich noch nie angemeldet haben) überprüft und diese Einträge entfernt werden sollen, um Platz zu sparen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum vollständigen Namen des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, in dem die Gruppenmitgliedschaften des Benutzers aufgeführt sind." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'authorizedService' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'host' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Gruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Gruppennamen gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur Gruppen-ID gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Gruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Wenn ldap_schema auf ein Schemaformat eingestellt ist, das verschachtelte Gruppen unterstützt (z. B. RFC2307bis), steuert diese Option die Anzahl der Verschachtelungsebenen, die in SSSD berücksichtigt werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die die Gruppensuche in Bereitstellungen mit komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen beschleunigen kann." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die initgroups-Vorgänge beschleunigen kann (insbesondere bei komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Die Objektklasse eines Netzgruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Netzgruppennamen gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Netzgruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Netzwerk-Tripel (Host, Benutzer, Domäne) enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Netzgruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Service-Eintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Service-Attribute und ihre Aliasnamen enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den von diesem Service verwalteten Port enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die von diesem Service verarbeiteten Protokolle enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge nach Benutzer- und Gruppenaufzählungen ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem poll(2)/select(2) nach connect(2) zurückkehren soll, wenn keine Aktivitäten vorliegen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem Aufrufe synchroner LDAP-APIs abgebrochen werden, wenn keine Antwort empfangen wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den eine Verbindung zu einem LDAP-Server beibehalten werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Datensätze an, die in einer einzigen Anfrage aus LDAP abgerufen werden sollen. Bei einigen LDAP-Servern wird eine maximale Anzahl von Datensätzen pro Anforderung erzwungen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Deaktiviert die LDAP-Paging-Steuerung." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Bei der Kommunikation mit einem LDAP-Server über SASL: Geben Sie die Sicherheitsstufe an, die zum Aufbauen der Verbindung mindestens erforderlich ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Gruppenmitglieder an, die im internen Cache fehlen müssen, damit eine Dereferenzsuche ausgelöst wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Serverzertifizierung in LDAP-TLS-Sitzung validieren" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die Zertifikate für alle Zertifizierungsstellen enthält, die in SSSD erkannt werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Gibt den Pfad eines Verzeichnisses an, das Zertifikate der Zertifizierungsstellen in separaten Dateien enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die das Zertifikat für den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Gibt die zulässigen Cipher-Suites an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Gibt an, dass die id_provider-Verbindung zum Schutz des Kanals ebenfalls TLS verwenden muss." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Gibt an, dass SSSD versuchen soll, die Benutzer- und Gruppen-IDs aus den Attributen 'ldap_user_objectsid' und 'ldap_group_objectsid' zuzuordnen, statt die Werte aus 'ldap_user_uid_number' und 'ldap_group_gid_number' zu übernehmen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Mechanismus an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende SASL-Autorisierungs-ID an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Bereich an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Wenn diese Option auf 'wahr' eingestellt ist, führt die LDAP-Bibliothek eine Rückwärtssuche durch, mit der der Hostname bei einer SASL-Bindung kanonisiert wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende Keytab für SASL/GSSAPI an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Gibt an, dass der 'id_provider' Kerberos-Anmeldedaten (TGT) initialisieren soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Gibt die Lebensdauer (in Sekunden) des TGT an, wenn GSSAPI verwendet wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Gibt die Richtlinie an, mit der der Passwortablauf auf der Clientseite ausgewertet werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Gibt an, ob die automatische Verweisverfolgung aktiviert werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, der verwendet werden soll, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, mit dem ein LDAP-Server aufgefunden werden soll, der Passwortänderungen zulässt, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Gibt an, ob das Attribut 'ldap_user_shadow_last_change' mit dem Zeitraum (in Tagen) seit der Epoche nach einer Passwortänderung aktualisiert werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider = ldap und ldap_access_order = filter (Standard) ist diese Option obligatorisch. Hiermit wird ein LDAP-Suchfilterkriterium festgelegt, das der Benutzer erfüllen muss, um Zugriff auf diesen Host zu erhalten." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " Mit dieser Option kann eine clientseitige Auswertung der Zugriffssteuerungsattribute aktiviert werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Zugriffssteuerungsoptionen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Gibt an, wie die Alias-Dereferenzierung während einer Suche vorgenommen werden soll.#" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Ermöglicht das Beibehalten lokaler Benutzer als Mitglieder einer LDAP-Gruppe auf Servern, auf denen das RFC2307-Schema verwendet wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp." + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Gruppeneintrags in LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Gruppeneintrags in LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server (durch Komma getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerbereos-Bereich (z. B. BEISPIEL.DE)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Wenn der Passwortänderungs-Service nicht auf dem KDC ausgeführt wird, können hier alternative Server definiert werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Verzeichnis zum Speichern des Anmeldedaten-Cache." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Speicherort des Anmeldedaten-Cache des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " Zeitraum (in Sekunden), nach dem eine Online-Authentifizierungsanforderung oder eine Passwortänderungsanforderung abgebrochen werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Überprüft mithilfe von krb5_keytab, ob das erhaltene TGT frei von Manipulationen ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Der Speicherort der zu verwendenden Keytab für die Validierung von Anmeldedaten, die von KDCs abgerufen wurden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Speichert das Passwort des Benutzers, wenn der Anbieter offline ist, und fordert damit ein TGT an, sobald der Anbieter wieder online ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Fordert ein erneuerbares Ticket mit einer Gesamtlebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Fordert ein Ticket mit einer bestimmten Lebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden) zwischen zwei Überprüfungen, ob das TGT erneuert werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Ermöglicht FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) für die Kerberos-Vorabauthentifizierung." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Gibt den zu verwendenden Server-Principal für FAST an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Gibt an, ob der Host- und der Benutzer-Prinzipal kanonisiert werden sollen." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der Active Directory-Domäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der AD-Server (durch Komma getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der AD-Server, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "AD-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in AD übereinstimmt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Gibt den unteren Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Gibt den oberen Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Gibt die Anzahl der verfügbaren IDs für die einzelnen Scheiben an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie die Domänen-SID der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Ändert das Verhalten des ID-Zuordnungsalgorithmus, so dass er ähnlich wie der winbind-Algorithmus 'idmap_autorid' reagiert." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der IPA-Domäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der IPA-Server (durch Komma getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "IPA-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in IPA übereinstimmt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "Automounter-Position, die dieser IPA-Client verwenden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, den DNS-Server in FreeIPA 2 mit der IP-Adresse dieses Clients zu aktualisieren." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "Die TTL, die beim Aktualisieren auf den Client-DNS-Datensatz angewendet werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Geben Sie die Schnittstelle an, deren IP-Adresse für dynamische DNS-Updates verwendet werden soll." + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#~ msgstr "Der standardmäßige Basis-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-sudo-Regeln." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -492,6 +492,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Hostname des Providers" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Port" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLS verwenden" @@ -2808,10 +2813,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Name des Providers" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Port" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Reproduktionstyp" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -613,55 +613,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldungen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Meldungen &anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Meldungen &protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Timeout (in Sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Warnmeldungen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Warnmeldungen &anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "&Warnmeldungen protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Timeout (in S&ek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fehler" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "&Fehler anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "Fehler &protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Timeo&ut (in Sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ "<p>Sie können je nach Installationserfahrung Installationsmeldungen überspringen,\n" "protokollieren und anzeigen (mit Timeout).</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ "<p>Es wird empfohlen, alle <b>Meldungen</b> mit Timeout anzuzeigen.\n" "Warnmeldungen können oftmals übersprungen, sollten jedoch nicht ignoriert werden.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Meldungen und Protokollierung" @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -992,11 +992,11 @@ "Hostname-basierte Steuerdateien verwenden, müssen Sie den Installationsprozess\n" "neu starten und den Zugriff auf die Steuerdateien sicherstellen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Pfad für Systemprofil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "Pfad für das &Profil:" @@ -1004,11 +1004,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie eine Festplatte" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Es wurden keine Platten gefunden." @@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1030,13 +1030,13 @@ "</p>" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Festplattenauswahl" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Treffen Sie eine Auswahl, um fortzufahren." @@ -2269,45 +2269,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Profil auswählen" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "Das entstehende AutoYaST-Profil befindet sich in %s." + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "AutoYaST-Profil %1 wird verwendet" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird von Diskette abgerufen" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom TFTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom NFS-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom HTTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom FTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus der Datei: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird aus Standardpfad kopiert." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Unbekannte Quelle." @@ -2317,7 +2333,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2327,7 +2343,7 @@ "<p>Mit einigen Ausnahmen können nahezu alle Ressourcen der Steuerdatei\n" "mit dem Konfigurationsverwaltungswerkzeug konfiguriert werden.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2341,7 +2357,7 @@ "Installieren eines anderen Systems mit AutoYaST verwendet werden kann.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2472,7 +2488,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "Volume-Gruppe '%1' muss mindestens einen physischen Datenträger enthalten. Stellen Sie einen bereit." @@ -2482,67 +2498,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Laufwerke" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s Laufwerk insgesamt" msgstr[1] "%s Laufwerke insgesamt" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Noch nicht geklont." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Vorinstallationsskripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Postinstallationsskripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot-Skripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init-Skripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Post-Partionierungs-Skripte" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Vor" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Nach" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Post-Partitionierung" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -1691,13 +1691,13 @@ msgstr "&Details..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldungen" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Meldungen anzeigen: %1" @@ -1708,23 +1708,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1732,76 +1732,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Timeout-Meldungen: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Meldungen protokollieren: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Warnmeldungen" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Warnmeldungen anzeigen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Timeout-Warnmeldungen: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Warnmeldungen protokollieren: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fehler" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Fehler anzeigen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Timeout-Fehler: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Fehler protokollieren: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Warnung:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Fehler:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Meldung:" @@ -3410,7 +3410,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket:" @@ -3572,15 +3572,15 @@ msgstr "&Benutzername" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Details anzeigen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Größe:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Verbleibende Zeit bis zum nächsten automatischen Versuch: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ msgstr "Speicherort ändern: %s" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Zei&tüberschreitung in Sekunden" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ "Gibt an, wie lange der Bootloader bis zum Laden des Standardkernels wartet.</p>\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -235,11 +235,11 @@ "wenn der Bootloader im MBR installiert ist.</p>" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "&Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" @@ -248,48 +248,48 @@ "die aktive Partition gebootet wird).</p>" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Menü beim Booten ver&bergen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bei Auswahl von <b>Menü beim Booten ausblenden</b> wird das Bootmenü ausgeblendet.</p>" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "Fremdes OS &testen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p><b>fremde OS testen</b> durch os-prober zwecks Multiboot mit weiteren fremden Distributionen </p>" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionaler Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Optionaler Parameter für Kernel-Kommandozeile</b> können zusätzliche Parameter definiert werden, die an den Kernel übergeben werden sollen.</p>" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Flag für ge&schützten MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Einstellung <b>Flag für geschützten MBR</b> ist Experten vorbehalten und nur bei selten verwendeter Hardware erforderlich. Weitere Informationen finden Sie auf den GPT-Datenträgern im Kapitel zu geschützten MBRs. Verändern Sie diese Einstellung nicht, wenn Sie unsicher sind.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "setzen" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "entfernen" @@ -297,55 +297,72 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "nicht ändern" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "&Secure Boot Unterstützung aktivieren" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Zur Aktivierung von UEFI Secure Boot auswählen\n" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Unterstützung für &Trusted Boot aktivieren" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" -msgstr "<b>Trusted Boot</b> installiert TrustedGRUB2 (anstatt des normalen GRUB2).\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" +"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).</p>\n" +"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Bootload&er durch Passwort schützen" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "&Nur Eintragsänderungen schützen" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Passwort für GRUB2-Benutzer 'root'" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Passwor&t wiederholen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Das Passwort muss einen Eintrag enthalten." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -354,7 +371,7 @@ "sind nicht identisch. Bitte erneut eingeben." #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" @@ -363,40 +380,40 @@ "Beim Booten ist zum Bearbeiten und selbst zum Booten eines Eintrags jeweils das Passwort erforderlich. Wenn die Option <b>Nur Eintragsänderungen schützen</b> aktiviert ist, ist das Booten von Einträgen nicht eingeschränkt; für das Ändern von Einträgen ist jedoch das Passwort erforderlich (so wie in GRUB 1).<br>YaST akzeptiert das Passwort nur dann, wenn Sie es unter <b>Passwort wiederholen</b> erneut eingeben. Es handelt sich hier um das Passwort des GRUB2-Benutzers 'root', der nicht mit dem Linux-Benutzer 'root' identisch ist. YaST unterstützt derzeit keine anderen GRUB2-Benutzer. Falls Sie welche benötigen, müssen Sie ein gesondertes GRUB2-Skript verwenden.</p>" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Neue Datei mit grafischeḿ Thema wählen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "&Grafik-Konsole benutzen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Konsolen&auflösung" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsolen-Thema" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Automatisch durch grub2 erkannt" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "&Serielle Konsole benutzen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Konsolen-Argumente" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Standar&d-Bootabschnitt" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -413,40 +430,40 @@ "Menü kann mit den Tasten <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b> geändert werden.</p>\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Speicherort des Bootloaders" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "Bei Auswahl muss ein benutzerdefiniertes Bootgerät angegeben werden" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Aus Boo&tpartition starten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "Aus Root-Partition boo&ten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Aus &Master-Boot-Record starten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Aus &erweiterter Partition starten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "Festplatten-Bootreihenfolge &bearbeiten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -461,17 +478,17 @@ "zum Entfernen <b>Entfernen</b>.</p>" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Kernel-Parameter" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Boot&code-Optionen" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "Boot&loader-Optionen" @@ -624,3 +641,6 @@ #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des Bootloaders wird gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#~ msgstr "<b>Trusted Boot</b> installiert TrustedGRUB2 (anstatt des normalen GRUB2).\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control-center.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen" @@ -75,21 +75,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Direkte Installationseinstellungen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Update-Einstellungen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration" @@ -107,17 +107,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Vorbereitung" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden" @@ -127,78 +128,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkeinrichtung" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "Willkommen" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Installer-Aktualisierung" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "Netzwerkaktivierung" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "Willkommen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "Netzwerkaktivierung" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "Systemanalyse" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Installer-Aktualisierung" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "Systemanalyse" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On-Produkte" @@ -206,8 +208,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" @@ -215,22 +217,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zeitzone" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsübersicht" @@ -281,31 +283,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Installation durchführen" @@ -317,27 +319,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Installer-Bereinigung" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System für Update" @@ -345,8 +347,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" @@ -383,47 +385,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Update ausführen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-Einstellungen" @@ -431,9 +433,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -441,8 +443,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systemkonfiguration" @@ -622,15 +624,14 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Online-Repositorys" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Desktop auswählen" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Zusätzliche Sprachen: %1" @@ -584,25 +584,35 @@ msgstr "&Zeitzone an %1 anpassen" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Spracherweiterung für das Installationssystem wird heruntergeladen..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primäre Sprache: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installieren der Pakete..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -611,7 +621,7 @@ "Einige Texte könnten in Englisch angezeigt werden.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -622,7 +632,7 @@ "um die angemessene Unterstützung für diese Sprache zu erhalten.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-12 14:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Maik Wagner \n" "Language-Team: German \n" @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ #. radiobutton label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Architektur" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -310,12 +310,26 @@ msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM-Konfiguration</big></b></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" @@ -473,40 +487,36 @@ "Klicken Sie auf <b>Weiter</b>, um fortzufahren.\n" " <br></p>\n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "LVM-Filterkonfiguration für DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "LVM-Gerätefilter automatisch ändern" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Gerätefilter" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "LVM-Cache wird geschrieben" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "LVM-Cache aktivieren" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "Warnung! Der LVM-Cache muss zur Verwendung von DRBD deaktiviert werden." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "lvmetad für LVM verwenden" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "LVM-Metad verwenden" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "Warnung! lvmetad soll nicht für Cluster verwendet werden." @@ -536,61 +546,61 @@ msgstr "Speichern" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Abbrechen" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Der Knotenname darf nicht leer sein." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "Die IPv6-Adresse muss in eckigen Klammern stehen." #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP/Port sollte eine 'addr:port'-Kombination sein." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Geben Sie eine gültige IP-Adresse ein." #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Geben Sie eine gültige Portnummer ein." #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Knotennamen mit dem lokalen Hostnamen dürfen keinen Punkt (\".\") enthalten." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Füllen Sie alle Felder aus." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Konfigurieren Sie mindestens zwei Knoten." #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Geben Sie den Knotennamen ein:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Die Knotennamen müssen unterschiedlich sein." @@ -697,70 +707,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Fehler beim Zusammenführen getrennter DRBD-Konfigurationsdateien\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben von drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-Konfiguration initialisieren" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen lesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Ressourcen lesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen lesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-Status lesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSE-Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden gelesen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Ressourcen werden gelesen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen werden gelesen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gelesen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Fehler beim Sichern von drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Fehler beim Bereinigen von drbd.conf für den drbdadm-Test" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -768,12 +778,12 @@ "Ungültige Konfiguration der Ressource %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Fehler beim Wiederherstellen von drbd.conf" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-Konfiguration wird geschrieben" @@ -781,46 +791,49 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Ressourcen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-Status setzen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall-Einstellungen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Ressourcen werden geschrieben..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-Konfigurationen werden geschrieben..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gesetzt..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall-Einstellungen werden geschrieben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen des Verzeichnisses /etc/drbd.d" + +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "LVM-Gerätefilter automatisch ändern" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall-services.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder \n" "Language-Team: German \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ftp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/http-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/inetd.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualisierungen für %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" @@ -514,14 +514,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Versionshinweise..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -585,49 +585,49 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Sprache" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Sie müssen den Lizenzbedingungen zustimmen, um dieses Produkt zu installieren." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Speicherort der EULA auf dem installierten System: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "&Tastaturtest" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Ü&bersetzung der Lizenz..." @@ -808,33 +808,33 @@ msgstr "Festplatte für Image-Bereitstellung" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Erkennung der verfügbaren Controller" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD-Platten konfigurieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP-Platten konfigurieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&FCoE-Schnittstellen konfigurieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI-Datenträger konfigurieren" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Netz&werkkonfiguration..." @@ -865,17 +865,17 @@ msgstr "Installation wird initialisiert..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Die Paketänderungen wurden in diesen zusätzlichen Software-Verzeichnissen gefunden:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Paketverwalter starten um die Updates zu prüfen und installieren?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "&Paketänderungen anzeigen" @@ -1196,88 +1196,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analysieren des Computers" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB-Geräte überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB-Geräte werden überprüft..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire-Geräte überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Erkennung der FireWire-Geräte..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Festplatten-Controller überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Festplatten-Controller werden überprüft..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller laden" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller werden geladen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Festplatten überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Festplatten werden überprüft..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Systemdateien suchen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Systemdateien werden gesucht..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Paketverwaltung initialisieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Paketverwaltung wird initialisiert..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systemüberprüfung" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST überprüft jetzt die Computerhardware und die installierten Systeme." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ "Besuchen Sie 'drivers.suse.com', wenn Sie spezielle Hardwaretreiber für die Installation brauchen." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ "Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre Hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ "(besonders auf S/390- oder iSCSI-Systemen)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1328,8 +1328,34 @@ "Fehler beim Initialisieren der Software-Repositorys.\n" "Installation wird abgebrochen." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>The automounter package will be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>" +msgstr "<p>Das Paket Automounter wird installiert.</p>" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1366,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1355,9 +1381,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1370,7 +1397,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1392,6 +1419,57 @@ "Wenn Sie für den Zugriff auf das Aktualisierungs-Repository einen Proxyserver benötigen,\n" "verwenden Sie den Bootparameter \"proxy\".\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "Aktualisierungs-Repository" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "Heruntergeladene Pakete nicht löschen" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "Pakete kopieren" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "Neu starten" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "AutoYast-Profil auswählen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "Lautstärke wird aktualisiert ..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen der Steuerdatei." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1445,8 +1523,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "Ä&ndern..." @@ -1742,8 +1820,11 @@ msgstr "Es ist nicht sinnvoll, diese Einstellungen auf das System zu schreiben." #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel und Konfiguration importieren" @@ -1820,26 +1901,26 @@ msgstr "Protokolldateien werden in das installierte System kopiert..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Ich möchte die SSH-Schlüssel aus einer früheren Installation importieren" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" msgstr "<p>Jeder SSH-Server wird durch einen oder mehrere öffentliche Hostschlüssel identifiziert. Wenn Sie eine vorhandene Linux-Installation auswählen, können Sie die Hostschlüssel - und damit die Identität - des SSH-Servers weiter verwenden. In diesem Fall werden die Schlüsseldateien (ein Dateienpaar pro Hostschlüssel) aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh auf das neu installierte System kopiert.</p><p>Aktivieren Sie <b>SSH-Konfiguration importieren</b>, wenn neben den Schlüsseln auch die anderen Dateien aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh kopiert werden sollen.</p>" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Gerät" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} auf %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "SSH-Konfiguration importieren" @@ -1864,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration überspringen, wie gewünscht" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1874,25 +1955,25 @@ "kann.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Vorschlag wird nach den aktuellen Einstellungen angepasst ..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Systemanalyse..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "FEHLER: Kein Vorschlag" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1905,36 +1986,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration übersprin&gen" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Folgende Konfiguration &verwenden" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Für Änderungen eine Überschrift anklicken oder das \"Ändern ...\"-Menu unten benutzen." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf eine Überschrift, um Änderungen vorzunehmen." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Auf Standardwerte &zurücksetzen" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Aktualisierung" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installieren" @@ -1969,7 +2050,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1982,7 +2063,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1994,7 +2075,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2006,7 +2087,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2018,7 +2099,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2029,12 +2110,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>UML-Installationsvorschlag</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2045,7 +2126,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2063,7 +2144,7 @@ msgstr "Remote-Verwaltung wird aktiviert..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "Wenn Sie die Systemrolle ändern, werden die vorgenommenen Anpassungen ggf. rückgängig gemacht." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/instserver.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iplb.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/isns.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journal.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktualisieren" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 @@ -115,12 +115,12 @@ #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zeit" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quelle" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meldung" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Zur Übernahme der Änderungen ist ein Neustart erforderlich." @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1243,129 +1243,129 @@ "Details siehe %{log}." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei wird gelesen..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kernel-Bootparameter werden gelesen..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Speicherbeschränkungen werden berechnet..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen werden gelesen..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Verfügbarer Speicher wird gelesen, Nutzung wird kalibriert..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Die Konfigurationsdatei /etc/sysconfig/kdump konnte nicht gelesen werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Die Kernel-Bootparameter konnten nicht gelesen werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Der verfügbare Arbeitsspeicher konnte nicht ermittelt werden." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Bootparameter aktualisieren" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Bootparameter werden aktualisiert..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der Crashkernel-Parameter zum Bootloader." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-Status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "AKTIVIERT" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "DEAKTIVIERT" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Wert(e) der Crashkernel-Option: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-Format: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ziel für Dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Anzahl der Dumps: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "Warnung! Der freie Speicherplatz reicht wahrscheinlich nicht aus. %{required} erforderlich, jedoch nur %{available} verfügbar." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/languages_db.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ldap.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/migration.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/multipath.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Gerät" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Optionen" @@ -739,13 +739,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Warnung: Es wird keine Verschlüsselung verwendet." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "Ändern Sie dies." @@ -1116,14 +1116,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Gerätetyp" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Konfigurationsname" @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "Tunnelgruppe" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Bridge-Geräte" @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-Adresse" @@ -1304,62 +1304,61 @@ "Eine IP-Adresse ist doppelt vorhanden.\n" "Wollen Sie wirklich fortfahren?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Allgemein" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Geräteaktivierung" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Firewall-Zone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie die besonderen Einstellungen für die Netzwerkkarte konfigurieren.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Konfigurieren Sie Ihre IP-Adresse.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Bond-Slaves" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Draht&los" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-Priorität" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1374,12 +1373,12 @@ "Schnittstelle gesetzt werden. </p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Netzwerkkarte einrichten" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1768,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr "Standard-Route über DHCP ändern" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1776,7 +1775,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1784,7 +1783,7 @@ "<p><b>Gerätetyp</b>. Verschiedene Gerätetypen sind verfügbar, wählen \n" "Sie einen nach Ihren Bedürfnissen.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1794,7 +1793,7 @@ "oder BusID des Netzwerkgerätes mit dessen Namen zu verbinden (z. B. eth1, wlan0)\n" "und sie gewährleisten nach einem Neustart persistente Gerätenamen.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1805,7 +1804,7 @@ "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1816,7 +1815,7 @@ "verfügbar sind. Wählen Sie gegebenenfalls einen Treiber aus der Liste aus; in der Regel funktioniert jedoch auch der Standardwert.</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" @@ -1826,12 +1825,12 @@ "durch ein Leerzeichen getrennt werden, zum Beispiel: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Hinweis:</b> Wenn Sie für zwei Karten \n" "den gleichen Modulnamen konfigurieren, werden die Optionen beim Speichern zusammengeführt.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Wenn Sie Optionen in <b>Ethtool-Optionen</b> eintragen, wird ethtool von ifup mit diesen Optionen aufgerufen.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1841,7 +1840,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1850,7 +1849,7 @@ "<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> oder <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> eingetragen.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1859,62 +1858,62 @@ "Handbuch <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> angegeben ist.</p>" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernelmodul" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Modulname" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "udev-Regeln" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Ändern" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Sichtbare Portidentifizierung anzeigen" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunden" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blinken" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-Optionen" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl der Netzwerkkarte" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -1924,27 +1923,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netzwerkkarte" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "S&uche" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "Der Konfigurationsname %1 existiert bereits.\n" "Geben Sie einen anderen Namen ein." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"Der Konfigurationsname %1 existiert bereits.\n" +"Geben Sie einen anderen Namen ein." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der S/390-Netzwerkkarte" @@ -1952,131 +1967,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für S/390-Device" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Port-Name" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Portnummer" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA-Übernahme aktivieren" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "&Schicht-2-Unterstützung aktivieren" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-Adresse (Schicht 2)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lesekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Schreibkanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Steuerkanal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie den <b>Port-Namen</b> für diese Schnittstelle ein (Groß- und Kleinschreibung beachten).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die zusätzlichen <b>Optionen</b> für diese Schnittstelle ein (getrennt durch Leerzeichen).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>IPA-Übernahme aktivieren</b>, wenn die Übernahme von IP-Adressen für diese Schnittstelle aktiviert werden soll.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Schicht-2-Unterstützung aktivieren</b>, wenn diese Karte mit Schicht-2-Unterstützung konfiguriert wurde.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die <b>MAC-Adresse (Schicht 2)</b> ein, wenn diese Karte mit Schicht-2-Unterstützung konfiguriert wurde.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Port-Nummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD-Timeout" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die <b>Port-Nummer</b> für diese Schnittstelle.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die <b>LANCMD-Timeout<</b> für diese Schnittstelle an.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Kompatibilitätsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Erweiterter Modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-basiertes tty (Linux-zu-Linux-Verbindungen)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Kompatibilitätsmodus mit OS/390 und z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie das <b>Protokoll</b> für diese Schnittstelle.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Name des &Peers" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2085,7 +2100,7 @@ "z. B. den z/VM-Benutzernamen, mit dem Sie sich verbinden möchten\n" "(Groß- und Kleinschreibung beachten).</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2095,7 +2110,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardwaredialog" @@ -2749,29 +2764,29 @@ "im gleichen Verzeichnis in der Datei 'wireless'.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-&Adresskennung" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Netz&maske" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Label ist zu lang." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Die IP-Adresse ist ungültig." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Ungültige Subnetzmaske" @@ -3409,7 +3424,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3418,26 +3433,26 @@ "oder ist vollständig deaktiviert. YaST kann einige Optionen nicht konfigurieren." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Netzwerkkarten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-Karten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-Geräte" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle Netzwerkgeräte" @@ -4376,79 +4391,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Beim Booten automatisch gestartet" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Automatisch bei Kabelverbindung gestartet" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Verwaltet von NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Wird unter keinen Umständen gestartet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Manuell gestartet" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-Adresse zugewiesen über" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s, Subnetzmaske %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Nicht konfiguriert" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Gerätename: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bonding-Slaves" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "Slave in %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Bonding-Master" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Nicht verbunden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Keine Hardwareinformationen" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Die Netzwerkkarte kann nicht konfiguriert werden, da das Kernel-Gerät (eth0, wlan0) nicht vorhanden ist. Oft wird dieser Fehler durch fehlende Firmware (für WLAN-Geräte) verursacht. Weitere Details siehe dmesg-Ausgabe." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4456,11 +4471,11 @@ "Das Gerät ist nicht konfiguriert. Klicken Sie auf <b>Bearbeiten</b>,\n" "und konfigurieren Sie es.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Benötigte Firmware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nfs_server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/nis_server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/oneclickinstall.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 13:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers \n" "Language-Team: German \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update-configuration.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/online-update.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/opensuse_mirror.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf \n" "Language-Team: German \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Erneut versuchen?" @@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Bei der Vorbereitung des Installationssystems ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." @@ -1536,8 +1536,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Es können keine zusätzlichen Produkte verwendet werden." @@ -1562,12 +1562,12 @@ msgstr "URL: %1, Pfad: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Zusätzliche Produkte" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1575,28 +1575,30 @@ "Das Installations-Repository enthält auch die aufgelisteten zusätzlichen Repositorys.\n" "Wählen Sie, welche Sie benutzen möchten.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Zur Auswahl stehende zusätzliche Produkte" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Ausgewählte &Produkte hinzufügen" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Legen Sie das Zusatzprodukt-Medium %1 ein" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Legen Sie das%1-%2-Medium ein." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Produkt %1 kann nicht hinzugefügt werden." #. update the trusted flag @@ -1729,23 +1731,23 @@ msgstr "Delta-RPM wird angewendet: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Bei Ihrem Computer handelt es sich um ein 64-Bit x86-64-System. Sie versuchen, eine 32-Bit-Distribution zu installieren." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>Die Schemaliste gibt an, welche Funktionen nach der Installation des Systems verfügbar sind.</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "<P>Der Vorschlag bezieht sich auf die Gesamtgröße der Dateien, die auf dem System installiert werden. Das System wird dennoch einige andere Dateien benötigen (temporäre und Arbeitsdateien), weshalb der tatsächlich benutzte Festplattenspeicher geringfügig größer ausfallen wird als der vorgeschlagene Wert. Daher ist es eine gute Idee wenigstens 25 % (oder ungefähr 300 MB) freien Speicherplatz zu haben, bevor die Installation gestartet wird.</P>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" @@ -1754,107 +1756,107 @@ "Dieser Wert ist wichtig, wenn die Verbindung langsam ist oder wenn es ein Datenlimit für das Herunterladen gibt.</P>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Softwarevorschlag</B></P>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produkt: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systemtyp: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Schemata:<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Größe der zu installierenden Pakete: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Aus entfernten Repositorys herunterladen: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Diese Zusatz-Produkte wurden zur automatischen Entfernung vorgemerkt: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Bitte kontaktieren Sie den Hersteller dieser Zusatz-Produkte, damit dieser Sie mit den neuen Installations-Medien versorgt." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Bitte kontaktieren Sie den Hersteller dieses Zusatz-Produktes, damit dieser Sie mit einem neuen Installations-Medium versorgt." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Fehler: Freier Platz im Basis-Verzeichnis %1 (Gerät %2) kann nicht geprüft werden, Installation kann nicht gestartet werden." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Fehler: Freier Platz im Basis-Verzeichnis %1 (Gerät %2) kann nicht geprüft werden." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Nicht genügend Speicherplatz." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Nicht genug Speicherplatz. Entfernen Sie einige Pakete in der Einzelauswahl." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Auf Partition %3 ist nur %1 (%2%%) freier Speicher verfügbar .<BR>" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "Neues Produkt <b>%s</b> wird installiert" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "Produkt <b>%s</b> wird aktualisiert" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "Produkt <b>%{old_product}</b> wird auf <b>%{new_product}</b> aktualisiert" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "Produkt <b>%s</b> bleibt weiterhin installiert" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>Warnung:</b> Das Produkt <b>%s</b> wird entfernt." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Fehler:</b> Das Produkt <b>%s</b> wird automatisch entfernt." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1871,12 +1873,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Unter '%1' wurde kein Repository gefunden." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1888,31 +1890,31 @@ "vom SUSE Linux-Webserver herunterladen.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Gebootete Medien werden integriert..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Das Service Pack-Repository konnte nicht integriert werden." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Repositorys werden initialisiert..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1 einlegen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1-CD 1 nicht gefunden" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1921,7 +1923,7 @@ "Überprüfen Sie die Protokolldatei %1 für weitere Informationen." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1930,12 +1932,12 @@ "Software-Vorschlag wird erneut aufgerufen." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Paketauswahl wird ausgewertet..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1946,27 +1948,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Lizenzdatei %1 konnte nicht gelesen werden" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Damit die Produktlizenz korrekt angezeigt wird, muss die Datei license.tar.gz bei der Erstellung des Image in das Stammverzeichnis des Live-Mediums eingefügt werden." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "S&prache" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1976,7 +1978,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -1985,7 +1987,7 @@ "ersten Medium aus der Datei %s ausdrucken." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1999,28 +2001,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Soll die Installation des Add-on-Produkts wirklich abgebrochen werden?" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung ablehnen, wird die Installation abgebrochen.\n" -"Möchten Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung wirklich ablehnen?" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2028,18 +2022,18 @@ "Add-on-Produkts abgebrochen. Möchten Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung wirklich ablehnen?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Das System wird heruntergefahren..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung zu %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2964,3 +2958,10 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie einige Pakete ab." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung ablehnen, wird die Installation abgebrochen.\n" +#~ "Möchten Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung wirklich ablehnen?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pam.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/printer.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/product-creator.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/proxy.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/rear.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:08\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -308,15 +308,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s'-Zertifikat wird importiert..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fehler bei sicherer Verbindung: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -330,13 +329,13 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Ungültige URL." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -344,7 +343,7 @@ "Das Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert, der Registrierungsserver ist nicht erreichbar.\n" "Soll das Netzwerk jetzt konfiguriert werden?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Netzwerkfehler. Prüfen Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration." @@ -585,23 +584,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "Betaversionen aus&filtern" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul auswählen, zu der/dem hier Details angezeigt werden sollen" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (nicht verfügbar)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/relocation-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/samba-users.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -1227,6 +1227,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Vordefinierte Sicherheitskonfigurationen" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sicherheit" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/slp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sound.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/squid.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -1045,9 +1045,17 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning:\n" +#| "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "Please, consider creating one.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" @@ -1059,7 +1067,7 @@ "Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1080,7 +1088,7 @@ "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1095,7 +1103,7 @@ "Soll diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten werden?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1112,12 +1120,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1129,7 +1146,7 @@ "Diese Einrichtung ohne /boot-Partition wirklich verwenden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1149,7 +1166,7 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1163,7 +1180,7 @@ "\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1180,7 +1197,7 @@ "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1205,7 +1222,7 @@ "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1229,12 +1246,12 @@ "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1256,7 +1273,7 @@ "Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition verwenden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1269,7 +1286,7 @@ "garantieren, vor allem in den folgenden Fällen:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1282,7 +1299,7 @@ "- die Partition noch kein Dateisystem enthält.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1293,7 +1310,7 @@ "/, /boot, /opt oder /var handelt.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1304,7 +1321,7 @@ "Soll die Partition wirklich unformatiert bleiben?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1313,7 +1330,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus dem RAID.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1322,7 +1339,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus der Volume-Gruppe.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1331,7 +1348,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie das Volume vor dem Bearbeiten.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1357,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Löschen aus dem RAID.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1348,12 +1365,12 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) wird von %1 verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie %1 vor dem Löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Sie kann nicht gelöscht werden während sie eingehängt ist." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1363,7 +1380,7 @@ "Partition mit einer höheren Nummer wird zurzeit verwendet.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1377,7 +1394,7 @@ "Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie 'Abbrechen'.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1392,7 +1409,7 @@ "erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1407,7 +1424,7 @@ "bevor Sie die erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -3248,7 +3265,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Die Festplatte wird verwendet und kann nicht geändert werden." @@ -6104,11 +6121,11 @@ msgstr "Trotz des Fehlers fortfahren?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf dem Datenträger verwendet werden." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6118,7 +6135,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6128,7 +6145,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6138,7 +6155,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6148,7 +6165,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6160,7 +6177,7 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das einen aktiven Auslagerungsbereich enthält,\n" "der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6172,7 +6189,7 @@ "Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6183,18 +6200,18 @@ "auf Platte %2 verwendet werden.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Die Installation wird höchstwahrscheinlich fehlschlagen!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der folgenden auflösbaren Objekte: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sudo.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/support.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/sysconfig.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tftp-server.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/timezone_db.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/tune.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" @@ -276,19 +276,6 @@ "Möchten Sie Ihre erweiterte\n" "Auswahl wirklich zurücksetzen?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "Zielsystem konnte nicht eingehängt werden" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "Eine möglicherweise unvollständige Installation wurde gefunden." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -334,6 +321,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 auf Root-Partition %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "Zielsystem konnte nicht eingehängt werden" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -587,8 +582,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Ja, fortfahren" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "Eine möglicherweise unvollständige Installation wurde gefunden." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -597,17 +597,17 @@ " zur Lösung des Problems." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Unbekanntes Linux-System" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Nicht-Linux-System" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ "Ihren Rechner neu.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Überprüfung der Partition %1" @@ -632,23 +632,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Details anzeigen" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Dateisystem auf %1 wird überprüft..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Fehler bei der Überprüfung des Dateisystems" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -659,24 +659,24 @@ "Möchten Sie mit dem Einhängen des Geräts fortfahren?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Einhängen &überspringen" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Falsches Passwort. Erneut versuchen?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Warnung" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ "Möchten Sie mit dem Aktualisieren des aktuellen Systems fortfahren?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -714,27 +714,27 @@ "Klicken Sie zum Abbrechen der Aktualisierung auf 'Abbrechen'.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Einhängeoptionen &angeben" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Einhängeoptionen" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Einhängepunkt" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Gerät" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -743,12 +743,12 @@ "(leer für automatische Erkennung)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Die /var-Partition %1 konnte nicht eingehängt werden.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -760,17 +760,17 @@ "<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udev Pfad:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Keine" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Die /var-Partition wird nicht automatisch gefunden" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -781,22 +781,22 @@ ", um den Aktualisierungsvorgang fortzusetzen." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&/var-Partitionsgerät auswählen" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Geräteinformationen" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "/var-Partition kann mit dieser Festplattenkonfiguration nicht eingehängt werden.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -822,32 +822,32 @@ "durch eine andere Methode zu ersetzen." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Es wurde keine fstab (File System Table) gefunden." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Ungültige Partitionsangabe für Root in /etc/fstab.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Derzeit als %1 eingehängt, jedoch als %2 angegeben.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Untersuchung der Root-Partition. Einen Moment bitte..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Partitionen werden eingehängt. Einen Moment bitte..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Verfügbare Systeme werden gesucht" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/users.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Neue Kennung des Benutzers (UID)" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -673,7 +685,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -713,7 +725,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Vollständiger Name des Benutzers" @@ -735,7 +747,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Benutzername" @@ -752,7 +764,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator v&erwenden" @@ -948,7 +960,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Möchten Sie dieses Passwort wirklich verwenden?" @@ -1086,7 +1098,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1267,7 +1279,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1320,7 +1332,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" @@ -2097,7 +2109,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Lokale Benutzer" @@ -3189,7 +3201,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3201,11 +3213,11 @@ "Lokale Benutzer werden unter <i>/etc/passwd</i> und <i>/etc/shadow</i> gespeichert.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Neuen Benutzer erstellen" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3218,7 +3230,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3230,7 +3242,7 @@ " bis %{max} Zeichen enthalten.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3246,15 +3258,15 @@ "Beschränkungen in der /etc/login.defs-Datei neu definieren. Lesen Sie deren Manpage, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie die Option <b>Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator verwenden</b>, wenn das für den ersten Benutzer eingegebene Passwort auch für den Root-Benutzer verwendet werden soll.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation importieren" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3270,11 +3282,11 @@ "dieser Benutzer werden importiert.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Benutzererstellung überspringen" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3288,12 +3300,12 @@ "ohne einen lokalen Benutzer anzulegen.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Lokaler Benutzer" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3304,7 +3316,7 @@ "'Benutzererstellung überspringen'." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3315,34 +3327,34 @@ "'Benutzererstellung überspringen'." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Neuen Benutzer erstellen" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation &importieren" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Benutzer auswählen" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "Benutzererstellung über&springen" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatische Anmeldung" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Keine Benutzer ausgewählt" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "%d Benutzer wird importiert" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "Preshared-Schlüssel für Gateways" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "Gateway-IP" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Preshared-Schlüssel" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "Festlegen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "Schlüssel anzeigen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Zertifikat-/Schlüssel-Paar für Gateways" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Zertifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "Schlüssel" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "Gemeinsame Schlüssel für die folgenden Gateways fehlen:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,118 +64,116 @@ "Zertifikate für die folgenden Gateways fehlen:\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(verborgen)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie einen Benutzer zum Löschen aus." -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." msgstr "Ein Preshared-Schlüssel ist obligatorisch. Geben Sie einen Preshared-Schlüssel ein." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "Geben Sie sowohl den Zertifikatdateipfad als auch den Schlüsseldateipfad ein." -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "PEM-verschlüsselte Zertifikatdatei auswählen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "PEM-verschlüsselte Zertifikatschlüsseldatei auswählen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "Preshared-Schlüssel für Gateway" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Gateway-Zertifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "Auswählen..." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatschlüsseldatei" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Berechtigungsnachweise für Android-, iOS-, Mac OS X-Clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "Benutzername" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Passwort anzeigen" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Berechtigungsnachweise für Windows 7-, Windows 8-Clients" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Gateway – PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Gateway – Zertifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Gateway – Mobile Clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Gateway – Windows-Clients" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Client – PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client – Zertifikat" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -185,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.conf und ipsec.secrets wurden außerhalb dieses Moduls bearbeitet.\n" "Wenn Sie den Vorgang mit diesem Modul fortsetzen, wird die Bearbeitung entfernt." -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Der Verbindungsname wird bereits verwendet." -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -199,8 +195,8 @@ "Pro Szenario ist nur eine einzelne Gateway-Verbindung zulässig.\n" "Alle Gateway-Szenarios werden bereits verwendet." -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -208,53 +204,53 @@ "Das Szenario ist bereits mit einem anderen Gateway konfiguriert.\n" "Die Verwendung von zwei Gateways unter einem einzelnen Szenario ist nicht zulässig." -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Dieser Benutzername wird bereits verwendet." -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Es wurde keine passende Client-Verbindung gefunden." -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "VPN-Gateway und Client" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Globale Konfiguration" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "VPN-Daemon aktivieren" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "TCP-MSS vermindern" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Alle VPNs" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "Neues VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "VPN löschen" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Verbindungsstatus anzeigen" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." @@ -262,22 +258,22 @@ "Wenn die VPN-Clients auf bestimmte Internet-Websites nicht zugreifen können, verhindern die betreffenden Hosts u. U. die Ermittlung der automatischen MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) aufgrund einer fehlerhaften Konfiguration der Firewall.\n" "Durch Vermindern des TCP-MSS-Wertes wird dieses Problem behoben; die verfügbare Bandbreite wird allerdings um etwa 10 % reduziert." -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Verbindung löschen" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "Verbindung wirklich löschen: " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "Konfigurieren Sie die folgenden Verbindungen:\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -285,125 +281,125 @@ "Es sind VPN-Verbindungen vorhanden, doch der Daemon ist nicht aktiviert.\n" "Den VPN-Daemon aktivieren?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "Einstellungen wurden erfolgreich angewendet." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Fehler beim Konfigurieren des IPSec-Daemon." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "Protokoll und Verbindungsstatus für den Daemon anzeigen?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "Geben Sie zunächst die Gateway-IP-Adresse ein und dann den Berechtigungsnachweis." -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Mit 'Neues VPN' erstellen Sie ein Gateway oder einen Client." -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Alle IPv4-Netzwerke (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Alle IPv6-Netzwerke (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "Begrenzte CIDRs, durch Komma getrennt:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Verbindungsname: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Gateway (Server)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Das Szenario ist" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit Preshared-Schlüssel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit Zertifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Zugriff auf Android-, iOS-, MacOS X-Clients bereitstellen" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Zugriff auf Windows 7-, Windows 8-Clients bereitstellen" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Berechtigungsnachweis bearbeiten" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Zugriff von VPN-Clients bereitstellen auf" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Adresspool des Clients (z. B. 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "Gateway erfordert Authentifizierung" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Mit Preshared-Schlüssel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Mit Zertifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "VPN-Gateway-IP" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Zugriff über VPN-Tunnel" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Geben Sie den Benutzernamen und das Passwort ein." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -411,17 +407,17 @@ "Der Benutzername darf keine Sonderzeichen und Leerzeichen enthalten.\n" "Zulässige Zeichen: A–Z, a–z, 0–9, Bindestrich, Unterstrich" -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für die neue VPN-Verbindung ein" -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Geben Sie einen VPN-Verbindungsnamen ein." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -431,44 +427,44 @@ "Zulässige Zeichen: A–Z, a–z, 0–9, Bindestrich, Unterstrich\n" "Der Name muss mit einem Buchstaben beginnen." -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatschlüsseldatei:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "Speichern Sie den Schlüssel nicht in der Zertifikatdatei selbst." -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Geben Sie sowohl die Zertifikatdatei als auch die Schlüsseldatei ein." -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Geben Sie ein Passwort ein." -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "Die Protokolle werden automatisch alle 3 Sekunden aktualisiert." -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "VPN-Daemon neu starten" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Daemon-Neustart bestätigen" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -476,32 +472,32 @@ "Bestehende Verbindungen werden unterbrochen.\n" "Trotzdem fortsetzen?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Der IPSec-Daemon konnte nicht neu gestartet werden" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Status nicht verfügbar: Wird der Daemon ausgeführt?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "IPSec-Pakete konnten nicht installiert werden." -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Der IPSec-Daemon konnte nicht gestartet werden." -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Fehler beim Anwenden der IP-Weiterleitungseinstellungen mit sysctl:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -509,11 +505,11 @@ "Die SuSE-Firewall wurde eingerichtet, jedoch noch nicht aktiviert.\n" "Damit das VPN fehlerfrei arbeitet, wird die SuSE-Firewall jetzt aktiviert." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Fehler beim Neustarten der SuSE-Firewall." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -523,29 +519,29 @@ "Die SuSE-Firewall ist nicht aktiviert, weshalb das Konfigurationsskript bei jedem Neustart manuell ausgeführt werden muss. Das Skript wird jetzt ausgeführt.\n" "Das Skript befindet sich unter %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Globale VPN-Einstellungen" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "VPN(IPSec)-Daemon aktivieren: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "TCP-MSS vermindern: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Gateway und Verbindungen" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Gateway mit Clients in " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Client mit Verbindung zu " Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/wol.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2016-09-13 12:29:32 UTC (rev 96874) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2016-09-13 12:32:46 UTC (rev 96875) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:38\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n"